hppa: Export main in pr104869.C on hpux
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blobeae7959cdccbfe669d234afe45c39545eae64234
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.cc} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.cc}'s\n\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.cc looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 @var{vecsize_mangle} is a marker for the backend only. @var{vecsize_int} and\n\
1633 @var{vecsize_float} should be left zero on targets where the number of lanes is\n\
1634 not determined by the bitsize (in which case @var{simdlen} is always used).\n\
1635 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1636 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1637 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int, bool), NULL)
1639 DEFHOOK
1640 (adjust,
1641 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1642 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1643 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1645 DEFHOOK
1646 (usable,
1647 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1648 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1649 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1650 to use it.",
1651 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1653 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1655 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1656 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1657 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1658 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1660 DEFHOOK
1661 (vf,
1662 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1663 int, (void), NULL)
1665 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1667 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1668 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1669 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1670 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1672 DEFHOOK
1673 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1674 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1675 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1676 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1677 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1678 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1682 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (validate_dims,
1689 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1693 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1694 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1697 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1698 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1700 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1702 DEFHOOK
1703 (dim_limit,
1704 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705 or zero if unbounded.",
1706 int, (int axis),
1707 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1709 DEFHOOK
1710 (fork_join,
1711 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1715 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719 default_goacc_fork_join)
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (reduction,
1723 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1728 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729 void, (gcall *call),
1730 default_goacc_reduction)
1732 DEFHOOK
1733 (adjust_private_decl,
1734 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1735 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1736 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1737 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1738 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1739 @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
1741 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1742 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1743 way.",
1744 tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
1745 NULL)
1747 DEFHOOK
1748 (expand_var_decl,
1749 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1750 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1751 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1752 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1753 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1755 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1756 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1757 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1758 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1759 rtx, (tree var),
1760 NULL)
1762 DEFHOOK
1763 (create_worker_broadcast_record,
1764 "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
1765 worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
1766 of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
1768 Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
1769 be used.",
1770 tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset),
1771 NULL)
1773 DEFHOOK
1774 (shared_mem_layout,
1775 "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target. The LO and HI\n\
1776 arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\
1777 broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\
1778 arguments are for the current offload region.",
1779 void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[],
1780 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]),
1781 NULL)
1783 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1785 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1786 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1787 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1788 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1790 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1791 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1792 function. */
1793 DEFHOOK
1794 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1795 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1796 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1797 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1798 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1800 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1801 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1802 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1803 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1804 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1805 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1806 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1807 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1808 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1809 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1810 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1812 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1813 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1814 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1815 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1816 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1817 described above.\n\
1818 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1819 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1820 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1821 tree, (void), NULL)
1823 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1824 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1825 DEFHOOK
1826 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1827 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1828 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1829 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1830 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1831 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1832 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1833 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1835 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1836 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1837 DEFHOOK
1838 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1839 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1840 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1841 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1842 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1843 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1844 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1846 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1847 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1848 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1849 DEFHOOK
1850 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1851 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1852 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1853 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1854 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1855 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1857 DEFHOOK
1858 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1859 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1860 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1861 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1862 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1863 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1864 for alignment.\n\
1866 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1867 correct for most targets.",
1868 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1869 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1871 /* Returns whether the target has a preference for decomposing divisions using
1872 shifts rather than multiplies. */
1873 DEFHOOK
1874 (preferred_div_as_shifts_over_mult,
1875 "Sometimes it is possible to implement a vector division using a sequence\n\
1876 of two addition-shift pairs, giving four instructions in total.\n\
1877 Return true if taking this approach for @var{vectype} is likely\n\
1878 to be better than using a sequence involving highpart multiplication.\n\
1879 Default is false if @code{can_mult_highpart_p}, otherwise true.",
1880 bool, (const_tree type),
1881 default_preferred_div_as_shifts_over_mult)
1883 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1884 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1885 DEFHOOK
1886 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1887 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
1888 for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
1889 access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1890 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1891 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1893 DEFHOOK
1894 (vec_perm_const,
1895 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1896 vectors of mode @var{op_mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel},\n\
1897 producing a vector of mode @var{mode}. The hook is also used to emit such\n\
1898 a permutation.\n\
1900 When the hook is being used to test whether the target supports a permutation,\n\
1901 @var{in0}, @var{in1}, and @var{out} are all null. When the hook is being used\n\
1902 to emit a permutation, @var{in0} and @var{in1} are the source vectors of mode\n\
1903 @var{op_mode} and @var{out} is the destination vector of mode @var{mode}.\n\
1904 @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if @var{sel} describes a permutation on one\n\
1905 vector instead of two.\n\
1907 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1908 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1910 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1911 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1912 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1913 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1914 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1915 implementation approaches itself.",
1916 bool, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode op_mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1917 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1918 NULL)
1920 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1921 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1922 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1923 DEFHOOK
1924 (support_vector_misalignment,
1925 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1926 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1927 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1928 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1929 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1930 bool,
1931 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1932 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1934 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1935 scalar mode. */
1936 DEFHOOK
1937 (preferred_simd_mode,
1938 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1939 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1940 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1941 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1942 machine_mode,
1943 (scalar_mode mode),
1944 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1946 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1947 DEFHOOK
1948 (split_reduction,
1949 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1950 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1951 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1952 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1953 machine_mode,
1954 (machine_mode),
1955 default_split_reduction)
1957 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1958 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1959 DEFHOOK
1960 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1961 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1962 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1963 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1964 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1965 for a given element mode.\n\
1967 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1968 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1969 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1970 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1971 element mode.\n\
1973 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1974 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1976 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1977 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1978 @table @code\n\
1979 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1980 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1981 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1982 mode that works.\n\
1983 @end table\n\
1985 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1986 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1987 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1988 returns 0.",
1989 unsigned int,
1990 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1991 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1993 DEFHOOK
1994 (related_mode,
1995 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1996 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1997 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1998 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1999 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
2000 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
2001 required properties.\n\
2003 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
2004 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
2005 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
2006 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
2007 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
2008 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
2009 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
2010 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
2011 vector sizes.\n\
2013 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
2014 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
2015 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
2016 opt_machine_mode,
2017 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
2018 default_vectorize_related_mode)
2020 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
2021 DEFHOOK
2022 (get_mask_mode,
2023 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
2024 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
2025 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
2026 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
2027 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
2028 mask mode exists.\n\
2030 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
2031 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
2032 opt_machine_mode,
2033 (machine_mode mode),
2034 default_get_mask_mode)
2036 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
2037 mask is all zeros. */
2038 DEFHOOK
2039 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
2040 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
2041 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
2042 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2043 bool,
2044 (unsigned ifn),
2045 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2047 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2048 DEFHOOK
2049 (builtin_gather,
2050 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2051 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2052 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2053 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2054 loads.",
2055 tree,
2056 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2057 NULL)
2059 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2060 DEFHOOK
2061 (builtin_scatter,
2062 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2063 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2064 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2065 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2066 stores.",
2067 tree,
2068 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2069 NULL)
2071 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2072 DEFHOOK
2073 (create_costs,
2074 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
2075 for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\
2076 allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
2077 body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\
2078 non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
2079 is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
2080 current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
2081 it is for the vector version.",
2082 class vector_costs *,
2083 (vec_info *vinfo, bool costing_for_scalar),
2084 default_vectorize_create_costs)
2086 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2088 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2089 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2091 DEFHOOK
2092 (preferred_else_value,
2093 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2094 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2095 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2096 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2097 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2099 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2100 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2101 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2103 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2104 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2105 constant of type @var{type}.",
2106 tree,
2107 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2108 default_preferred_else_value)
2110 DEFHOOK
2111 (record_offload_symbol,
2112 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2113 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2114 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2115 void, (tree),
2116 hook_void_tree)
2118 DEFHOOKPOD
2119 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2120 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2121 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2122 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2123 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2125 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2126 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2127 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2128 DEFHOOK
2129 (override_options_after_change,
2130 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2131 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2132 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2133 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2134 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2135 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2136 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2137 void, (void),
2138 hook_void_void)
2140 DEFHOOK
2141 (offload_options,
2142 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2143 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2144 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2145 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2146 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2147 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2149 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2150 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2151 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2152 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2153 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2155 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2156 DEFHOOK
2157 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2158 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2159 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2160 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2161 targets.",
2162 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2163 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2165 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2166 DEFHOOK
2167 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2168 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2169 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2170 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2171 targets.",
2172 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2173 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2175 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2176 DEFHOOK
2177 (unwind_word_mode,
2178 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2179 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2180 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2181 default_unwind_word_mode)
2183 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2184 DEFHOOK
2185 (merge_decl_attributes,
2186 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2187 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2188 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2189 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2190 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2191 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2192 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2194 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2195 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2196 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2197 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2198 will then define a function called\n\
2199 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2200 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2201 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2202 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2203 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2204 @file{i386/i386.cc}, for example.",
2205 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2206 merge_decl_attributes)
2208 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2209 DEFHOOK
2210 (merge_type_attributes,
2211 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2212 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2213 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2214 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2215 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2216 merging.",
2217 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2218 merge_type_attributes)
2220 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2221 Ignored if NULL. */
2222 DEFHOOKPOD
2223 (attribute_table,
2224 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2225 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2226 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2227 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2228 take.",
2229 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2231 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2232 argument. */
2233 DEFHOOK
2234 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2235 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2236 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2237 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2238 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2239 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2240 bool, (const_tree name),
2241 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2243 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2244 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2245 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2246 DEFHOOK
2247 (comp_type_attributes,
2248 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2249 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2250 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2251 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2252 supposed always to be compatible.",
2253 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2254 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2256 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2257 DEFHOOK
2258 (set_default_type_attributes,
2259 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2260 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2261 void, (tree type),
2262 hook_void_tree)
2264 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2265 DEFHOOK
2266 (insert_attributes,
2267 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2268 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2269 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2270 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2271 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2272 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2273 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2274 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2275 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2276 needed.",
2277 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2278 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2280 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2281 DEFHOOK
2282 (handle_generic_attribute,
2283 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2284 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2285 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2286 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2287 @var{section} attribute.",
2288 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2289 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2291 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2292 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2293 DEFHOOK
2294 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2295 "@cindex inlining\n\
2296 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2297 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2298 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2299 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2300 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2301 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2303 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2304 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2305 DEFHOOK
2306 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2307 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2308 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2309 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2310 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2311 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2312 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2313 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2314 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2315 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2316 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2317 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2319 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2320 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2321 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2322 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2323 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2324 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2325 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2327 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2328 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2329 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2330 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2331 may affect its placement.",
2332 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2333 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2335 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2336 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2337 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2338 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2339 (words_big_endian,
2341 bool, (void),
2342 targhook_words_big_endian)
2344 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2345 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2346 (float_words_big_endian,
2348 bool, (void),
2349 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2351 DEFHOOK
2352 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2353 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\
2354 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\n\
2355 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\
2356 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\
2357 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\
2358 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\
2359 does not.",
2360 bool, (void),
2361 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2363 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2364 DEFHOOK
2365 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2366 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2367 bool, (void),
2368 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2370 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2371 DEFHOOK
2372 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2373 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2374 bool, (void),
2375 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2377 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2378 DEFHOOK
2379 (align_anon_bitfield,
2380 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2381 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2382 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2383 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2384 bool, (void),
2385 hook_bool_void_false)
2387 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2388 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2389 DEFHOOK
2390 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2391 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2392 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2393 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2395 The default is @code{false}.",
2396 bool, (void),
2397 hook_bool_void_false)
2399 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2400 DEFHOOK
2401 (init_builtins,
2402 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2403 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2404 necessary setup.\n\
2406 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2407 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2408 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2409 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2411 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2412 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2413 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2414 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2415 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2416 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2417 void, (void),
2418 hook_void_void)
2420 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2421 built-in function decl for CODE.
2422 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2423 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2424 DEFHOOK
2425 (builtin_decl,
2426 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2427 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2428 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2429 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2430 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2431 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2432 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2433 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2435 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2436 DEFHOOK
2437 (expand_builtin,
2438 "\n\
2439 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2440 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2441 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2442 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2443 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2444 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2445 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2446 built-in function.",
2447 rtx,
2448 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2449 default_expand_builtin)
2451 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2452 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2453 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2454 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2455 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2456 DEFHOOK
2457 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2458 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2459 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2460 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2461 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2462 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2463 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2464 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2465 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2466 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2467 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2469 DEFHOOK
2470 (check_builtin_call,
2471 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2472 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2473 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2474 and return false.\n\
2476 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2477 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2478 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2479 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2480 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2481 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2482 of each argument.",
2483 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2484 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2485 NULL)
2487 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2488 and GENERIC. */
2489 DEFHOOK
2490 (fold_builtin,
2491 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2492 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2493 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2494 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2495 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2496 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2497 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2498 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2499 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2501 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2502 DEFHOOK
2503 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2504 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2505 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2506 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2507 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2508 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2509 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2511 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2512 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2513 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2514 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2515 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2516 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2517 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2518 and 0 if they are the same. */
2519 DEFHOOK
2520 (compare_version_priority,
2521 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2522 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2523 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2524 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2525 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2526 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2527 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2529 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2530 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2531 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2532 must be generated. */
2533 DEFHOOK
2534 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2535 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2536 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2537 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2538 body must be generated.",
2539 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2541 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2542 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2543 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2544 identical versions. */
2545 DEFHOOK
2546 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2547 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2548 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2549 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2550 identical versions.",
2551 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2553 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2554 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2555 DEFHOOK
2556 (builtin_reciprocal,
2557 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2558 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2559 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2560 tree, (tree fndecl),
2561 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2563 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2564 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2565 NULL. */
2566 DEFHOOK
2567 (mangle_type,
2568 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2569 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2570 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2571 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2572 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2573 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2574 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2575 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2576 string constant.\n\
2578 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2579 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2580 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2581 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2582 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2583 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2584 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2585 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2586 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2587 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.cc} for the list of\n\
2588 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2589 spaces in your string.\n\
2591 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2592 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2593 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2594 before mangling.\n\
2596 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2597 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2598 types.",
2599 const char *, (const_tree type),
2600 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2602 /* Temporarily add conditional target specific types for the purpose of
2603 emitting C++ fundamental type tinfos. */
2604 DEFHOOK
2605 (emit_support_tinfos,
2606 "If your target defines any fundamental types which depend on ISA flags,\n\
2607 they might need C++ tinfo symbols in libsupc++/libstdc++ regardless of\n\
2608 ISA flags the library is compiled with.\n\
2609 This hook allows creating tinfo symbols even for those cases, by temporarily\n\
2610 creating each corresponding fundamental type trees, calling the\n\
2611 @var{callback} function on it and setting the type back to @code{nullptr}.",
2612 void, (emit_support_tinfos_callback callback),
2613 default_emit_support_tinfos)
2615 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2616 DEFHOOK
2617 (init_libfuncs,
2618 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2619 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2620 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.cc}.\n\
2621 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2622 library routines.\n\
2624 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2625 void, (void),
2626 hook_void_void)
2628 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2629 DEFHOOKPOD
2630 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2631 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2632 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2633 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2634 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2635 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2636 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2637 bool, false)
2639 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2640 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2641 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2642 DEFHOOK
2643 (section_type_flags,
2644 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2645 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2646 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2647 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2649 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2650 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2651 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2652 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2653 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2654 default_section_type_flags)
2656 DEFHOOK
2657 (libc_has_function,
2658 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2659 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2660 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2661 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2662 specific type.",
2663 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2664 default_libc_has_function)
2666 DEFHOOK
2667 (libc_has_fast_function,
2668 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2669 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2670 bool, (int fcode),
2671 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2673 DEFHOOK
2674 (fortify_source_default_level,
2675 "This hook determines what value _FORTIFY_SOURCE will be set to when using\n\
2676 the command-line option -fhardened.",
2677 unsigned, (void),
2678 default_fortify_source_default_level)
2680 DEFHOOK
2681 (libm_function_max_error,
2682 "This hook determines expected maximum errors for math functions measured\n\
2683 in ulps (units of the last place). 0 means 0.5ulps precision (correctly\n\
2684 rounded). ~0U means unknown errors. The @code{combined_fn} @var{cfn}\n\
2685 argument should identify just which math built-in function it is rather than\n\
2686 its variant, @var{mode} the variant in terms of floating-point machine mode.\n\
2687 The hook should also take into account @code{flag_rounding_math} whether it\n\
2688 is maximum error just in default rounding mode, or in all possible rounding\n\
2689 modes. @var{boundary_p} is @code{true} for maximum errors on intrinsic math\n\
2690 boundaries of functions rather than errors inside of the usual result ranges\n\
2691 of the functions. E.g.@ the sin/cos function finite result is in between\n\
2692 -1.0 and 1.0 inclusive, with @var{boundary_p} true the function returns how\n\
2693 many ulps below or above those boundaries result could be.",
2694 unsigned, (unsigned cfn, machine_mode mode, bool boundary_p),
2695 default_libm_function_max_error)
2697 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2698 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2699 DEFHOOK
2700 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2701 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2702 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2703 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2704 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2706 @smallexample\n\
2707 static bool\n\
2708 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2709 @{\n\
2710 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2711 @}\n\
2712 @end smallexample",
2713 bool, (void),
2714 hook_bool_void_false)
2716 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2717 DEFHOOK
2718 (can_follow_jump,
2719 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
2720 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
2721 false, if it can't.\n\
2722 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
2723 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2724 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2725 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2727 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2728 DEFHOOK
2729 (have_conditional_execution,
2730 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2731 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2732 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2733 bool, (void),
2734 default_have_conditional_execution)
2736 DEFHOOK
2737 (gen_ccmp_first,
2738 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2739 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2740 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2741 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2742 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2743 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2744 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2745 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx_code code, tree op0, tree op1),
2746 NULL)
2748 DEFHOOK
2749 (gen_ccmp_next,
2750 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2751 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2752 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2753 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2754 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2755 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2756 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2757 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2758 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2759 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2760 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2761 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2762 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, rtx_code cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, rtx_code bit_code),
2763 NULL)
2765 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2766 DEFHOOK
2767 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2768 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2769 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2770 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2771 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2772 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2773 number of memory accesses.",
2774 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2775 NULL)
2777 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2778 DEFHOOK
2779 (legitimate_constant_p,
2780 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2781 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2782 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2784 The default definition returns true.",
2785 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2786 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2788 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */
2789 DEFHOOK
2790 (precompute_tls_p,
2791 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2792 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2793 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2794 check this.\n\
2796 The default definition returns false.",
2797 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2798 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2800 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2801 DEFHOOK
2802 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2803 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2804 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2805 of @var{x}.\n\
2807 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2809 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2810 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2811 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2812 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2813 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2814 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2815 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2817 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2818 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2819 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2820 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2822 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2823 DEFHOOK
2824 (commutative_p,
2825 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2826 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2827 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2828 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2829 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2830 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2832 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2833 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2834 DEFHOOK
2835 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2836 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2837 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2838 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2839 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2840 but not others.\n\
2842 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2843 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2844 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2845 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2847 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2849 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2850 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2851 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2853 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2854 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2855 DEFHOOK
2856 (legitimize_address,
2857 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2858 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2859 address.\n\
2861 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2862 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2863 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2864 @var{x}.\n\
2866 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2867 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2868 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2870 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2871 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2872 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2873 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2874 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2875 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2876 strategy can generate better code.",
2877 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2878 default_legitimize_address)
2880 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2881 DEFHOOK
2882 (delegitimize_address,
2883 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2884 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2885 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2886 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2887 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2888 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2889 into their original form.",
2890 rtx, (rtx x),
2891 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2893 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2894 section. */
2895 DEFHOOK
2896 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2897 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2898 debug sections.",
2899 bool, (rtx x),
2900 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2902 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2903 DEFHOOK
2904 (legitimate_address_p,
2905 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2906 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2907 If @var{ch} is not @code{ERROR_MARK}, it can be called from middle-end to\n\
2908 determine if it is valid to use @var{x} as a memory operand for RTX insn\n\
2909 which is generated for the given code_helper @var{ch}. For example,\n\
2910 assuming the given @var{ch} is IFN_LEN_LOAD, on some target its underlying\n\
2911 hardware instructions support fewer addressing modes than what are for the\n\
2912 normal vector load and store, then with this @var{ch} target can know the\n\
2913 actual use context and return more exact result.\n\
2915 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2916 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2917 desired by the caller.\n\
2919 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2920 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2921 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2922 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2923 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2924 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2925 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2926 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2928 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2929 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2930 register is required.\n\
2932 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2933 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2934 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2935 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2936 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2938 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2939 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2940 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2941 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2942 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2944 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2945 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2946 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2947 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2948 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2949 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2950 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2951 Format}.\n\
2953 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2954 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2955 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2956 has this syntax:\n\
2958 @example\n\
2959 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2960 @end example\n\
2962 @noindent\n\
2963 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2964 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2966 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2967 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2968 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2969 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2970 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2972 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2973 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2974 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict, code_helper ch),
2975 default_legitimate_address_p)
2977 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2978 DEFHOOK
2979 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2980 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2981 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2982 of @var{x}.\n\
2984 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2985 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2986 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2988 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2989 DEFHOOK
2990 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2991 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2992 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2994 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2995 bool, (const_tree decl),
2996 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2998 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2999 DEFHOOKPOD
3000 (min_anchor_offset,
3001 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
3002 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
3003 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
3004 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
3005 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
3007 DEFHOOKPOD
3008 (max_anchor_offset,
3009 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
3010 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
3011 value is 0.",
3012 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
3014 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
3015 DEFHOOK
3016 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
3017 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
3018 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
3019 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
3021 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
3022 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
3023 or target-specific sections.",
3024 bool, (const_rtx x),
3025 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
3027 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
3028 DEFHOOK
3029 (has_ifunc_p,
3030 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
3031 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
3032 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
3033 bool, (void),
3034 default_has_ifunc_p)
3036 /* True if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers locally. */
3037 DEFHOOK
3038 (ifunc_ref_local_ok,
3039 "Return true if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers\n\
3040 locally. The default is to return false.",
3041 bool, (void),
3042 hook_bool_void_false)
3044 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
3045 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
3046 this is an indirect call. */
3047 DEFHOOK
3048 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
3049 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3050 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3051 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3053 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3054 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3055 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3056 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3057 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3058 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3059 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3060 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3062 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3063 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3064 level, outside of any function scope. */
3065 DEFHOOK
3066 (set_current_function,
3067 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3068 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3069 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3070 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3071 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3072 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3073 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3074 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3075 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3077 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3078 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3079 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3080 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3081 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3082 outside of any function scope.",
3083 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3085 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3086 DEFHOOK
3087 (in_small_data_p,
3088 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3089 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3090 bool, (const_tree exp),
3091 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3093 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3094 to the current executable or shared library. */
3095 DEFHOOK
3096 (binds_local_p,
3097 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3098 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3099 or executable image).\n\
3101 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3102 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3103 currently supported object file formats.",
3104 bool, (const_tree exp),
3105 default_binds_local_p)
3107 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3108 DEFHOOK
3109 (profile_before_prologue,
3110 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3111 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3112 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3113 bool, (void),
3114 default_profile_before_prologue)
3116 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3117 enabled. */
3118 DEFHOOK
3119 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3120 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
3121 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\
3122 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
3123 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
3124 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3125 bool, (void),
3126 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3128 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3129 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3130 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3131 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3132 DEFHOOK
3133 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3134 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3135 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3136 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3137 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3138 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3139 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3140 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3141 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3142 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3144 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3145 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3146 DEFHOOK
3147 (encode_section_info,
3148 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3149 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3150 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3152 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3153 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3154 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3155 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3156 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3158 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3159 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3160 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3161 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3162 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3163 leave it alone.)\n\
3165 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3166 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3167 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3168 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3169 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3170 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3172 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3173 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3174 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3175 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3176 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3177 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3179 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3180 in @file{varasm.cc}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3181 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3182 before overriding it.",
3183 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3184 default_encode_section_info)
3186 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3187 DEFHOOK
3188 (strip_name_encoding,
3189 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3190 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3191 may have added.",
3192 const char *, (const char *name),
3193 default_strip_name_encoding)
3195 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3196 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3197 DEFHOOK
3198 (shift_truncation_mask,
3199 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3200 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3201 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3203 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3204 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3205 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3206 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3207 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3208 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3210 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3211 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3212 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3214 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3215 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3216 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3217 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3218 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3219 by overriding it.",
3220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3221 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3223 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3224 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3225 the reciprocal. */
3226 DEFHOOK
3227 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3228 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3229 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3230 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3231 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3232 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3233 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3234 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3235 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3237 DEFHOOK
3238 (truly_noop_truncation,
3239 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3240 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3241 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3242 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3243 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3244 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3245 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3247 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3248 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3249 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3250 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3251 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3253 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3254 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3255 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3256 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3257 necessarily defined at this point. */
3258 DEFHOOK
3259 (mode_rep_extended,
3260 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3261 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3262 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3263 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3264 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3265 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3266 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3267 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3268 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3269 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3271 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3272 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3273 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3274 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3276 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3277 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3278 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3279 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3280 extension.\n\
3282 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3283 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3284 @code{mode}.",
3285 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3286 default_mode_rep_extended)
3288 DEFHOOK
3289 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3290 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3291 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3292 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3294 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3295 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3296 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3297 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3298 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3299 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3300 bool, (void),
3301 hook_bool_void_false)
3303 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3304 DEFHOOK
3305 (valid_pointer_mode,
3306 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3307 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3308 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3309 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3310 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3312 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3313 DEFHOOK
3314 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3315 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
3316 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\
3317 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
3318 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
3319 a pointer to int.",
3320 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3321 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3323 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3324 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3325 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3326 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3328 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3329 DEFHOOK
3330 (pointer_mode,
3331 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3332 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3333 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3334 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3335 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3337 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3338 DEFHOOK
3339 (address_mode,
3340 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3341 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3342 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3343 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3344 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3346 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3347 in another address space. */
3348 DEFHOOK
3349 (valid_pointer_mode,
3350 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3351 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3352 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3353 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3354 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3355 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3356 target hooks for the given address space.",
3357 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3358 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3360 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3361 space for a given mode. */
3362 DEFHOOK
3363 (legitimate_address_p,
3364 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3365 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as} with the use context\n\
3366 @var{ch}. The @var{strict} parameter says whether strict addressing\n\
3367 is in effect after reload has finished. The @var{ch} indicates what\n\
3368 context @var{exp} will be used for. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3369 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3370 explicit named address space support.",
3371 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as, code_helper ch),
3372 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3374 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3375 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3376 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3377 DEFHOOK
3378 (legitimize_address,
3379 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3380 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3381 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3382 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3383 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3384 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3386 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3387 DEFHOOK
3388 (subset_p,
3389 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3390 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3391 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3392 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3393 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3394 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3395 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3396 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3398 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3399 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3400 DEFHOOK
3401 (zero_address_valid,
3402 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3403 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3404 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3405 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3407 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3408 DEFHOOK
3409 (convert,
3410 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3411 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3412 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3413 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3414 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3415 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3416 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3417 default_addr_space_convert)
3419 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3420 DEFHOOK
3421 (debug,
3422 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3423 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3424 int, (addr_space_t as),
3425 default_addr_space_debug)
3427 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3428 DEFHOOK
3429 (diagnose_usage,
3430 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3431 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3432 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3433 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3434 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3435 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3436 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3437 The default implementation does nothing.",
3438 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3439 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3441 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3443 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3444 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3446 DEFHOOK
3447 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3448 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3449 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3450 void, (tree decl),
3451 hook_void_tree)
3453 DEFHOOK
3454 (static_rtx_alignment,
3455 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3456 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3457 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3458 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3459 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3460 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3462 DEFHOOK
3463 (constant_alignment,
3464 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3465 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3466 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3468 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3470 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3471 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3472 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3473 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3474 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3475 default_constant_alignment)
3477 DEFHOOK
3478 (translate_mode_attribute,
3479 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3480 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3481 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3483 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3484 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3485 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3487 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3488 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3489 the arithmetic is supported. */
3490 DEFHOOK
3491 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3492 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3493 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3494 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3495 must work.\n\
3497 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3498 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3499 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3500 code in @file{optabs.cc}.",
3501 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3502 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3504 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3505 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3506 for further details. */
3507 DEFHOOK
3508 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3509 "Define this to return nonzero if the current target is prepared to handle\n\
3510 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3511 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3512 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3513 hook_bool_mode_false)
3515 DEFHOOK
3516 (vector_mode_supported_any_target_p,
3517 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3518 insns involving vector mode @var{mode} in any target configuration.\n\
3519 Returning @var{true} means that the mode can be used as the @samp{TYPE_MODE}\n\
3520 for vector types.\n\
3522 The default version of this hook returns true. The final mode assigned to\n\
3523 @samp{TYPE_MODE} will also be checked against\n\
3524 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} to take target configuration into\n\
3525 account.",
3526 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3527 hook_bool_mode_true)
3529 DEFHOOK
3530 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3531 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3532 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3533 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3534 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3535 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3537 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3538 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3539 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3540 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3541 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3542 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3543 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3544 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3545 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3546 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3548 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3549 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3550 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3552 DEFHOOK
3553 (vector_alignment,
3554 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3555 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3556 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3557 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3558 the vector element type.",
3559 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3560 default_vector_alignment)
3562 DEFHOOK
3563 (array_mode,
3564 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3565 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3566 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3567 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3568 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3569 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3570 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3571 used in specific cases.\n\
3573 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3574 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3575 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3576 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3578 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3579 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3580 DEFHOOK
3581 (array_mode_supported_p,
3582 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3583 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3584 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3585 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3587 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3588 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3589 has operations like:\n\
3591 @smallexample\n\
3592 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3593 @end smallexample\n\
3595 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3597 @smallexample\n\
3598 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3599 @{\n\
3600 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3601 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3602 @end smallexample\n\
3604 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3605 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3606 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3607 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3608 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3610 DEFHOOK
3611 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3612 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3613 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3614 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3615 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3616 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3617 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3618 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3620 DEFHOOK
3621 (floatn_mode,
3622 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3623 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3624 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3625 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3626 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3627 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3628 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3629 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3630 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3631 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3632 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3633 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3634 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3635 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3636 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3637 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3638 default_floatn_mode)
3640 DEFHOOK
3641 (floatn_builtin_p,
3642 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3643 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3644 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3645 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3646 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3647 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3648 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3649 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3650 bool, (int func),
3651 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3653 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3654 TO, using MODE. */
3655 DEFHOOK
3656 (register_move_cost,
3657 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3658 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3659 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3660 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3661 that.\n\
3663 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3664 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3665 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3667 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3668 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3669 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3670 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3671 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3672 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3674 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3675 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3676 default_register_move_cost)
3678 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3679 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3680 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3681 DEFHOOK
3682 (memory_move_cost,
3683 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3684 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3685 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3686 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3687 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3688 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3690 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3691 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3692 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3693 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3694 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3695 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3697 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3698 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3699 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3700 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3701 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3702 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3703 are the same as to this target hook.",
3704 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3705 default_memory_move_cost)
3707 DEFHOOK
3708 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3709 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3710 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3711 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3712 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3713 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3714 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3715 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3717 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3718 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3719 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3720 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3721 units.\n\
3723 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3724 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3725 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3726 under consideration.\n\
3728 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3729 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3731 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3732 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3733 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3734 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3735 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3736 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3738 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3739 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3740 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3741 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3742 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3743 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3745 DEFHOOK
3746 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
3747 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3748 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3749 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3750 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3751 bool, (void),
3752 hook_bool_void_false)
3754 DEFHOOK
3755 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3756 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3757 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3758 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3759 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3760 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3761 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3762 negative number from this hook.",
3763 int, (machine_mode mode),
3764 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3766 DEFHOOK
3767 (slow_unaligned_access,
3768 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3769 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3770 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3771 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3772 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3774 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3775 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3776 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3777 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3778 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3780 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3781 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3782 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3783 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3785 DEFHOOK
3786 (optab_supported_p,
3787 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3788 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3789 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3790 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3791 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3793 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3794 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3795 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3797 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3798 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3799 optimization_type opt_type),
3800 default_optab_supported_p)
3802 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3803 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3804 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3805 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3806 DEFHOOK
3807 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3808 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3809 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3810 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3811 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3812 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3813 for any mode.\n\
3815 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3816 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3817 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3818 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3819 insn.\n\
3821 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3822 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3823 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3824 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3825 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3826 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3827 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3828 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3829 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3831 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3832 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3833 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3834 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3835 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3836 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3837 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3838 hook_bool_mode_false)
3840 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3841 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3842 DEFHOOKPOD
3843 (flags_regnum,
3844 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3845 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3846 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3847 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3849 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3850 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3851 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3852 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3853 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3854 DEFHOOK
3855 (rtx_costs,
3856 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3858 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3859 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3860 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3861 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3862 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3863 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3864 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3866 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3867 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3869 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3870 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3871 instructions.\n\
3873 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3874 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3875 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3876 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3877 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3879 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3880 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3881 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3883 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3884 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3885 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3886 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3888 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3889 invalid addresses. */
3890 DEFHOOK
3891 (address_cost,
3892 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3893 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3894 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3896 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3897 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3898 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3899 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3901 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3902 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3903 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3905 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3906 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3907 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3908 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3909 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3910 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3911 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3912 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3914 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3916 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3917 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3918 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3919 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3920 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3921 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3922 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3923 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3924 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3925 default_address_cost)
3927 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3928 DEFHOOK
3929 (insn_cost,
3930 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3932 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3933 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3934 instructions.\n\
3936 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3937 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3938 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3939 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3941 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3942 well defined units. */
3943 DEFHOOK
3944 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3945 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3946 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3947 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3948 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3949 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3950 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3951 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3952 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3953 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3955 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3956 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3957 were true.\n\
3959 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3960 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3961 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3962 unsigned int, (edge e),
3963 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3965 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3966 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3967 DEFHOOK
3968 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3969 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3970 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3971 @code{if_info}.",
3972 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3973 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3975 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3976 memref in insn. */
3977 DEFHOOK
3978 (new_address_profitable_p,
3979 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3980 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3981 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3982 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3983 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3984 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3986 DEFHOOK
3987 (estimated_poly_value,
3988 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3989 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3990 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3991 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3992 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3993 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3994 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3995 default_estimated_poly_value)
3997 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3998 scheduling. */
3999 DEFHOOK
4000 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
4001 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
4002 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
4003 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
4004 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
4005 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
4006 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
4007 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.",
4008 bool, (void),
4009 hook_bool_void_false)
4011 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
4012 DEFHOOK
4013 (allocate_initial_value,
4014 "\n\
4015 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
4016 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
4017 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
4018 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
4019 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
4020 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
4021 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
4022 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
4023 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
4024 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
4025 @code{MEM}.\n\
4026 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
4027 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
4028 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
4029 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
4030 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
4031 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
4032 allocation.",
4033 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
4035 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
4036 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.cc: may_trap_p_1. */
4037 DEFHOOK
4038 (unspec_may_trap_p,
4039 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
4040 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
4041 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
4042 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
4043 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
4044 passed along.",
4045 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
4046 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
4048 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
4049 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
4050 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
4051 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
4052 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
4053 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
4054 DEFHOOK
4055 (dwarf_register_span,
4056 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
4057 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
4058 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
4059 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
4060 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
4061 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
4062 rtx, (rtx reg),
4063 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
4065 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
4066 register. */
4067 DEFHOOK
4068 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
4069 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4070 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4071 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4072 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4073 machine_mode, (int regno),
4074 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4076 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4077 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4078 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4079 code, given the address of the table. */
4080 DEFHOOK
4081 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4082 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4083 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4084 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4085 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4086 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4087 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4088 void, (tree address),
4089 hook_void_tree)
4091 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4092 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4093 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4094 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4095 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4096 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4097 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4098 DEFHOOK
4099 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4100 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4101 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4102 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4103 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4104 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4105 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4106 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4107 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4108 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4109 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4111 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4112 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4113 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4115 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4116 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4117 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4118 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4119 VOIDmode. */
4120 DEFHOOK
4121 (cc_modes_compatible,
4122 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4123 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4124 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4125 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4126 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4127 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4129 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4130 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4131 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4132 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4133 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4135 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4136 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4137 DEFHOOK
4138 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4139 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4140 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4141 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4143 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4144 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4145 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4146 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4148 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4149 definition is null.",
4150 void, (void), NULL)
4152 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4153 DEFHOOK
4154 (build_builtin_va_list,
4155 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4156 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4157 tree, (void),
4158 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4160 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4161 DEFHOOK
4162 (enum_va_list_p,
4163 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4164 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4165 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4166 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4167 variable.\n\
4168 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4169 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4170 internal type.\n\
4171 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4172 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4173 macro to iterate through all types.",
4174 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4175 NULL)
4177 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4178 DEFHOOK
4179 (fn_abi_va_list,
4180 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4181 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4182 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4183 tree, (tree fndecl),
4184 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4186 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4187 DEFHOOK
4188 (canonical_va_list_type,
4189 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4190 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4191 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4192 tree, (tree type),
4193 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4195 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4196 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4197 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4198 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4199 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4201 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4202 DEFHOOK
4203 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4204 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4205 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4206 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4207 @code{gimplify.cc:gimplify_expr}.",
4208 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4209 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4211 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4212 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4213 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4214 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4215 or an error message if not. */
4216 DEFHOOK
4217 (get_pch_validity,
4218 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4219 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4220 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4221 void *, (size_t *sz),
4222 default_get_pch_validity)
4224 DEFHOOK
4225 (pch_valid_p,
4226 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4227 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4228 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4229 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4231 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4232 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4233 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4234 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4236 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4237 suitable for most targets.",
4238 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4239 default_pch_valid_p)
4241 DEFHOOK
4242 (prepare_pch_save,
4243 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4244 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4245 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4246 to do anything here.",
4247 void, (void),
4248 hook_void_void)
4250 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4251 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4252 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4253 DEFHOOK
4254 (check_pch_target_flags,
4255 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4256 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4257 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4258 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4259 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4260 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4262 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4263 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4264 that type. */
4265 DEFHOOK
4266 (default_short_enums,
4267 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4268 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4269 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4270 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4272 The default is to return false.",
4273 bool, (void),
4274 hook_bool_void_false)
4276 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4277 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4278 DEFHOOK
4279 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4280 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4281 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4282 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4283 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4284 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4285 rtx, (void),
4286 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4288 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4289 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4290 DEFHOOK
4291 (md_asm_adjust,
4292 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4293 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4294 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4295 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var{loc}\n\
4296 is the source location of the asm.\n\
4298 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
4299 @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\
4300 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\
4301 changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
4302 to @var{input_modes}.",
4303 rtx_insn *,
4304 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4305 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4306 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
4307 NULL)
4309 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4310 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4311 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4312 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4313 the function is being declared as an int. */
4314 DEFHOOK
4315 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4316 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4317 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4318 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4319 int, (const_tree function),
4320 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4322 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4323 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4324 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4325 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4327 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4328 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4329 DEFHOOK
4330 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4331 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4332 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4333 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4334 @smallexample\n\
4335 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4336 @end smallexample\n\
4337 and\n\
4338 @smallexample\n\
4339 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4340 @end smallexample\n\
4341 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4342 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4343 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4344 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4346 DEFHOOK
4347 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4348 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4349 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4350 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4351 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4352 @smallexample\n\
4353 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4354 @end smallexample\n\
4356 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4357 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4358 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4359 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4361 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4362 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4363 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4364 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4365 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4366 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4367 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4369 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4370 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4371 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4372 DEFHOOK
4373 (stack_protect_guard,
4374 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4375 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4376 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4377 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4378 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4380 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4381 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4382 tree, (void),
4383 default_stack_protect_guard)
4385 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4386 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4387 DEFHOOK
4388 (stack_protect_fail,
4389 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4390 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4391 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4393 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4394 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4395 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4396 tree, (void),
4397 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4399 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4400 protector runtime support. */
4401 DEFHOOK
4402 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4403 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\
4404 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4405 bool, (void),
4406 hook_bool_void_true)
4408 DEFHOOK
4409 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4410 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4411 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4412 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4413 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4414 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4416 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4417 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4418 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4419 compilation for the second case.\n\
4421 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4422 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4423 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4424 along with your other target hooks.",
4425 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4427 DEFHOOK
4428 (speculation_safe_value,
4429 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4430 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4431 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4432 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4433 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4434 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4435 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4436 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4437 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4438 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4439 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4440 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4442 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4443 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4444 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4445 default_speculation_safe_value)
4447 DEFHOOK
4448 (predict_doloop_p,
4449 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4450 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4451 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4452 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4453 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4454 bool, (class loop *loop),
4455 default_predict_doloop_p)
4457 DEFHOOKPOD
4458 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4459 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4460 and branch.\n\
4461 The default value is false.",
4462 bool, false)
4464 DEFHOOKPOD
4465 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4466 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4467 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4468 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4469 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4470 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4471 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4472 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4473 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4474 The default value is zero.",
4475 int64_t, 0)
4477 DEFHOOKPOD
4478 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4479 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4480 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4481 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4482 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4483 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4484 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4485 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4486 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4487 The default value is zero.",
4488 int64_t, 0)
4490 DEFHOOK
4491 (can_use_doloop_p,
4492 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4493 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4494 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4495 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4496 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4497 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4498 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4500 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4501 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4502 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4503 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4504 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4505 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4507 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4508 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4509 DEFHOOK
4510 (invalid_within_doloop,
4511 "\n\
4512 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4513 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4514 could not be applied.\n\
4516 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4517 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4518 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4519 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4520 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4521 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4522 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4524 /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */
4525 DEFHOOK
4526 (preferred_doloop_mode,
4527 "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\
4528 original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate\n\
4529 @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\
4530 otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned. For example, on a\n\
4531 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}. Both the\n\
4532 original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.",
4533 machine_mode,
4534 (machine_mode mode),
4535 default_preferred_doloop_mode)
4537 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4538 DEFHOOK
4539 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4540 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\
4541 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\n\
4542 default is to accept all instructions.",
4543 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4544 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4546 DEFHOOK
4547 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4548 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\
4549 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\
4550 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4551 bool, (const_tree decl),
4552 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4554 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4555 value. */
4556 DEFHOOKPOD
4557 (const_anchor,
4558 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4559 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4560 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4561 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4562 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4563 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4564 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4565 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4566 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4567 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4568 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4569 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4570 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4571 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4572 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4573 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4575 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4576 DEFHOOK
4577 (memmodel_check,
4578 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4579 memory model bits are allowed.",
4580 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4582 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4583 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4584 supported by the target. */
4585 DEFHOOK
4586 (asan_shadow_offset,
4587 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4588 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4589 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4590 by a subtarget.",
4591 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4592 NULL)
4594 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4595 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4596 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4598 DEFHOOK
4599 (promote_function_mode,
4600 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4601 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4602 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4603 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4604 pointer} types.\n\
4606 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4607 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4608 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4609 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4610 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4611 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4612 the signedness may be different.\n\
4614 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4616 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4617 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4618 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4619 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4620 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4621 default_promote_function_mode)
4623 DEFHOOK
4624 (promote_prototypes,
4625 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4626 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4627 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4628 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4629 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4630 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4631 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4633 DEFHOOK
4634 (struct_value_rtx,
4635 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4636 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4637 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4638 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4639 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4640 argument.\n\
4642 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4643 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4644 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4645 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4646 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4647 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4648 the caller.\n\
4650 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4651 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4652 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4653 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4654 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4655 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4656 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4658 DEFHOOKPOD
4659 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4660 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4661 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4662 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4663 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4664 undesirable on your target.",
4665 bool, false)
4667 DEFHOOK
4668 (return_in_memory,
4669 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4670 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4671 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4672 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4673 libcalls.\n\
4675 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4676 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4677 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4678 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4679 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4680 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4682 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4683 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4684 to indicate this.",
4685 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4686 default_return_in_memory)
4688 DEFHOOK
4689 (return_in_msb,
4690 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4691 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4692 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4693 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4695 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4696 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4697 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4698 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4699 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4700 bool, (const_tree type),
4701 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4703 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4704 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4705 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4706 DEFHOOK
4707 (pass_by_reference,
4708 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4709 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4710 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4711 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4713 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4714 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4715 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4716 to that type.",
4717 bool,
4718 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4719 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4721 DEFHOOK
4722 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4723 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4724 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4725 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4726 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4727 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4728 rtx, (void),
4729 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4731 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4732 DEFHOOK
4733 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4734 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4735 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4736 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4737 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4738 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4739 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4740 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4742 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4743 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4744 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4745 arguments. The argument @var{arg} should not be used if the function type\n\
4746 satisfies @code{TYPE_NO_NAMED_ARGS_STDARG_P}, since in that case there are\n\
4747 no named arguments and all arguments are accessed with @code{va_arg}.\n\
4749 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4750 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4751 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4752 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4753 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4754 frame.\n\
4756 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4757 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4758 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4759 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4760 for all data types.\n\
4762 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4763 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4764 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4765 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4766 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4767 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4768 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4769 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4771 DEFHOOK
4772 (call_args,
4773 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4774 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4775 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4776 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4777 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4778 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4779 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4780 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4781 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4782 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4783 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4784 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4785 void, (rtx, tree),
4786 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4788 DEFHOOK
4789 (end_call_args,
4790 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4791 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4792 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4793 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4794 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4795 void, (void),
4796 hook_void_void)
4798 DEFHOOK
4799 (push_argument,
4800 "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\
4801 used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is\n\
4802 optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\
4803 push. Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero. If the target machine does not\n\
4804 have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\
4805 @code{false} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\
4806 strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\
4807 arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\
4808 @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.",
4809 bool, (unsigned int npush),
4810 default_push_argument)
4812 DEFHOOK
4813 (strict_argument_naming,
4814 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4815 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4817 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4818 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4819 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4820 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4821 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4822 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4823 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4825 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4826 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4827 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4829 /* Returns true if we should use
4830 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4831 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4832 DEFHOOK
4833 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4834 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4835 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4836 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4837 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4838 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4839 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4840 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4841 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4843 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4844 should be passed as two scalars. */
4845 DEFHOOK
4846 (split_complex_arg,
4847 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4848 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4849 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4850 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4851 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4852 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4853 point register.\n\
4855 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4856 false.",
4857 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4859 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4860 but must be passed on the stack. */
4861 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4862 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4863 DEFHOOK
4864 (must_pass_in_stack,
4865 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4866 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4867 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4868 documentation.",
4869 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4870 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4872 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4873 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4874 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4875 DEFHOOK
4876 (callee_copies,
4877 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4878 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4879 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4880 by the caller.\n\
4882 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4883 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4884 not be generated.\n\
4886 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4887 bool,
4888 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4889 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4891 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4892 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4893 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4894 DEFHOOK
4895 (arg_partial_bytes,
4896 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4897 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4898 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4899 pushed on the stack.\n\
4901 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4902 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4903 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4904 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4905 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4906 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4907 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4909 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4910 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4911 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4912 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4913 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4915 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4916 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4917 argument. */
4918 DEFHOOK
4919 (function_arg_advance,
4920 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4921 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4922 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4923 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4925 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4926 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4927 used for arguments without any special help.",
4928 void,
4929 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4930 default_function_arg_advance)
4932 DEFHOOK
4933 (function_arg_offset,
4934 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4935 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4936 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4937 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4938 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4939 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4940 default_function_arg_offset)
4942 DEFHOOK
4943 (function_arg_padding,
4944 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4945 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4946 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4947 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4949 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4950 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4951 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4953 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4954 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4955 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4956 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4957 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4958 default_function_arg_padding)
4960 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4961 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4962 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4963 argument. */
4964 DEFHOOK
4965 (function_arg,
4966 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4967 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4968 the previous arguments.\n\
4970 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4971 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4972 on the stack.\n\
4974 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4975 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4976 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4977 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4978 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4979 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4980 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4981 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4982 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4983 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4984 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4985 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4986 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4988 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4989 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4990 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4992 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4993 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4994 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4995 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4996 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4997 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4999 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
5000 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
5001 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
5002 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
5003 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
5004 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
5005 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
5006 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
5007 a register.",
5008 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5009 default_function_arg)
5011 DEFHOOK
5012 (function_incoming_arg,
5013 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
5014 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
5015 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
5016 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
5018 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
5019 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
5020 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
5021 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
5022 arrive.\n\
5024 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
5025 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
5026 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
5028 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
5029 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
5030 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5031 default_function_incoming_arg)
5033 DEFHOOK
5034 (function_arg_boundary,
5035 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
5036 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
5037 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
5038 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5039 default_function_arg_boundary)
5041 DEFHOOK
5042 (function_arg_round_boundary,
5043 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
5044 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
5045 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
5046 value.",
5047 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5048 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
5050 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
5051 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
5052 DEFHOOK
5053 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
5054 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5055 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
5056 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
5057 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
5058 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
5060 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
5061 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
5062 DEFHOOK
5063 (function_value,
5064 "\n\
5065 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
5066 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5067 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5068 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5069 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5070 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5071 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5072 a function returns a value.\n\
5074 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5075 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5076 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5077 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5078 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5079 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5080 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5081 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5082 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5083 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5084 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5085 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5087 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5088 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5089 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5091 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5092 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5093 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5094 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5095 known.\n\
5097 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5098 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5099 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5100 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5102 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5103 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5104 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5105 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5106 default_function_value)
5108 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5109 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5110 DEFHOOK
5111 (libcall_value,
5112 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5113 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5115 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5116 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5117 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5119 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5120 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5121 default_libcall_value)
5123 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5124 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5125 DEFHOOK
5126 (function_value_regno_p,
5127 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5128 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5130 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5131 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5132 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5134 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5135 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5136 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5138 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5139 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5140 default_function_value_regno_p)
5142 DEFHOOK
5143 (fntype_abi,
5144 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5145 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5146 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5147 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5148 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5149 NULL)
5151 DEFHOOK
5152 (insn_callee_abi,
5153 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5154 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5155 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5156 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5157 directly.\n\
5159 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5160 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5161 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5162 NULL)
5164 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5165 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5166 (internal_arg_pointer,
5167 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5168 current function.",
5169 rtx, (void),
5170 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5172 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5173 DEFHOOK
5174 (update_stack_boundary,
5175 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5176 necessary.",
5177 void, (void), NULL)
5179 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5180 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5181 DEFHOOK
5182 (get_drap_rtx,
5183 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5184 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5185 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5186 is needed.",
5187 rtx, (void), NULL)
5189 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5190 DEFHOOK
5191 (zero_call_used_regs,
5192 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5193 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5194 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5196 For most targets, the returned set of registers is a subset of\n\
5197 @var{selected_regs}, however, for some of the targets (for example MIPS),\n\
5198 clearing some registers that are in the @var{selected_regs} requires\n\
5199 clearing other call used registers that are not in the @var{selected_regs},\n\
5200 under such situation, the returned set of registers must be a subset of all\n\
5201 call used registers.\n\
5203 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5204 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5205 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5206 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5207 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5208 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5209 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5211 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5212 stack. */
5213 DEFHOOK
5214 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5215 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5216 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5217 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5218 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5219 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5220 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5221 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5222 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5223 bool, (void),
5224 hook_bool_void_true)
5226 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5227 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5228 DEFHOOK
5229 (static_chain,
5230 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5231 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5232 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5233 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5234 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5236 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5238 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5239 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5240 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5241 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5242 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5243 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5244 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5245 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5246 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5247 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5248 to refer to those items.",
5249 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5250 default_static_chain)
5252 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5253 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5254 DEFHOOK
5255 (trampoline_init,
5256 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5257 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5258 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5259 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5260 when it is called.\n\
5262 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5263 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5264 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5265 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5266 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5267 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5269 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5270 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5271 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5272 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5273 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5274 default_trampoline_init)
5276 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5277 DEFHOOK
5278 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5279 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5280 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5281 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5282 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5284 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5285 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5286 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5287 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5288 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5289 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5291 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5292 DEFHOOK
5293 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5294 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5295 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5296 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5297 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5298 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5299 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5300 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5301 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5303 DEFHOOKPOD
5304 (custom_function_descriptors,
5305 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5306 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5307 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5308 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5309 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5310 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5311 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5312 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5314 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5315 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5316 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5318 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5319 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5320 it to be made executable.",
5321 int, -1)
5323 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5324 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5325 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5326 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5327 DEFHOOK
5328 (return_pops_args,
5329 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5330 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5331 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5333 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5334 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5335 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5336 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5338 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5339 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5340 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5341 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5342 arguments (if known).\n\
5344 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5345 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5346 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5347 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5348 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5349 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5351 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5352 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5353 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5355 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5356 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5357 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5358 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5359 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5360 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5361 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5362 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5363 number of arguments.",
5364 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5365 default_return_pops_args)
5367 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5368 returned. */
5369 DEFHOOK
5370 (get_raw_result_mode,
5371 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\
5372 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5373 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct. Use @code{VOIDmode} if a register\n\
5374 should be ignored for @code{__builtin_return} purposes.",
5375 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5376 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5378 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5379 passed. */
5380 DEFHOOK
5381 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5382 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\
5383 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5384 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct. Use @code{VOIDmode} if a register\n\
5385 should be ignored for @code{__builtin_apply_args} purposes.",
5386 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5387 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5389 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5390 DEFHOOK
5391 (empty_record_p,
5392 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5393 is to return @code{false}.",
5394 bool, (const_tree type),
5395 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5397 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5398 DEFHOOK
5399 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5400 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5401 ABI.",
5402 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5403 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5405 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5407 DEFHOOK
5408 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5409 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5410 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5411 bool, (void),
5412 hook_bool_void_false)
5414 DEFHOOK
5415 (init_pic_reg,
5416 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5417 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5418 void, (void),
5419 hook_void_void)
5421 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5422 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5423 DEFHOOK
5424 (invalid_conversion,
5425 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5426 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5427 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5428 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5429 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5431 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5432 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5433 DEFHOOK
5434 (invalid_unary_op,
5435 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5436 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5437 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5438 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5439 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5440 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5442 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5443 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5444 DEFHOOK
5445 (invalid_binary_op,
5446 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5447 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5448 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5449 the front end.",
5450 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5451 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5453 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5454 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5455 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5456 DEFHOOK
5457 (promoted_type,
5458 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5459 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5460 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5461 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5462 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5463 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5464 tree, (const_tree type),
5465 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5467 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5468 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5469 the standard conversion rules. */
5470 DEFHOOK
5471 (convert_to_type,
5472 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5473 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5474 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5475 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5476 conversion rules.\n\
5477 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5478 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5479 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5481 DEFHOOK
5482 (verify_type_context,
5483 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5484 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5485 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5486 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5488 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5489 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5490 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5492 The default implementation always returns true.",
5493 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5494 bool silent_p),
5495 NULL)
5497 DEFHOOK
5498 (can_change_mode_class,
5499 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5500 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5501 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5502 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5503 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5505 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5506 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5507 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5508 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5509 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5510 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5512 @smallexample\n\
5513 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5514 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5515 @end smallexample\n\
5517 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5518 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5519 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5520 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5521 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5522 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5523 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5524 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5525 value that the middle-end intended.",
5526 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5527 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5529 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5530 DEFHOOK
5531 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5532 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5533 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5535 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5536 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5537 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5539 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5540 DEFHOOK
5541 (lra_p,
5542 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\
5544 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\n\
5545 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5546 bool, (void),
5547 default_lra_p)
5549 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5550 DEFHOOK
5551 (register_priority,
5552 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\
5553 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\n\
5554 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\
5555 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\
5556 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\
5557 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\n\
5558 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\
5559 and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\
5561 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5562 int, (int),
5563 default_register_priority)
5565 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5566 DEFHOOK
5567 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5568 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\
5569 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\
5570 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\n\
5571 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\n\
5572 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
5573 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
5574 optimizations.\n\
5576 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5577 bool, (void),
5578 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5580 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5581 DEFHOOK
5582 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5583 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
5584 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\
5585 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
5586 the insn.\n\
5588 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5589 bool, (void),
5590 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5592 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5593 instead of memory. */
5594 DEFHOOK
5595 (spill_class,
5596 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
5597 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
5598 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
5599 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5600 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5601 NULL)
5603 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5604 DEFHOOK
5605 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5606 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
5607 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\
5608 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\
5609 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
5610 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\
5611 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5612 bool, (reg_class_t),
5613 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5615 DEFHOOK
5616 (cstore_mode,
5617 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
5618 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
5619 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
5620 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
5621 patterns.",
5622 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5623 default_cstore_mode)
5625 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5626 classes to use. */
5627 DEFHOOK
5628 (compute_pressure_classes,
5629 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
5630 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
5631 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\
5632 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5633 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5635 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5636 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5637 DEFHOOK
5638 (member_type_forces_blk,
5639 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5640 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5642 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5643 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5644 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5645 retain the field's mode.\n\
5647 Normally, this is not needed.",
5648 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5649 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5651 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.cc:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5652 that gate the divod transform. */
5653 DEFHOOK
5654 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5655 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5656 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5657 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5658 NULL)
5660 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5661 DEFHOOK
5662 (secondary_reload,
5663 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5664 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5665 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5666 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5667 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5668 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5669 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5670 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5671 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5672 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5673 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5674 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5676 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5677 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5678 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5679 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5680 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5681 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5682 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5683 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5684 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5685 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5687 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5689 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5690 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5691 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5692 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5693 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5695 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5696 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5697 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5698 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5699 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5700 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5702 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5703 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5704 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5705 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5706 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5708 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5709 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5710 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5711 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5712 single-register-class\n\
5713 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5714 output constraint.\n\
5716 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5717 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5718 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5719 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5721 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5722 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5723 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5724 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5725 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5726 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5727 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5728 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5731 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5732 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5733 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5734 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5736 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5737 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5738 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5740 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5741 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5742 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5743 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5744 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5745 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5746 reg_class_t,
5747 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5748 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5749 default_secondary_reload)
5751 DEFHOOK
5752 (secondary_memory_needed,
5753 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5754 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5755 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5756 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5757 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5758 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5759 false for all inputs.",
5760 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5761 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5763 DEFHOOK
5764 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5765 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5766 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5767 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5769 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5770 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5771 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5772 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5773 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5774 floating-point registers.\n\
5776 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5777 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5778 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5779 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5780 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.cc} for\n\
5781 details.\n\
5783 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5784 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5785 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5787 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5788 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5789 DEFHOOK
5790 (preferred_reload_class,
5791 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5792 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5793 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5794 another, smaller class.\n\
5796 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5798 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5799 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5800 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5801 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5802 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5804 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5805 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5806 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5807 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5808 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5809 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5810 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5811 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5812 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5813 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5814 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5816 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5817 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5818 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5819 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5820 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5821 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5822 reg_class_t,
5823 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5824 default_preferred_reload_class)
5826 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5827 input reloads. */
5828 DEFHOOK
5829 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5830 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5831 input reloads.\n\
5833 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5834 argument.\n\
5836 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5837 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5838 reg_class_t,
5839 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5840 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5842 DEFHOOK
5843 (select_early_remat_modes,
5844 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5845 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5846 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5847 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5849 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5850 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5851 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5852 void, (sbitmap modes),
5853 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5855 DEFHOOK
5856 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5857 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5858 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5859 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5861 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5862 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5863 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5864 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5865 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5867 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5868 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5869 pressure.",
5870 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5871 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5873 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5874 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5875 DEFHOOK
5876 (class_max_nregs,
5877 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5878 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5880 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5881 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5882 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5883 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5884 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5886 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5887 in the reload pass.\n\
5889 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5890 in words.",
5891 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5892 default_class_max_nregs)
5894 DEFHOOK
5895 (preferred_rename_class,
5896 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\
5897 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\
5898 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\
5899 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\
5900 is not implemented.\n\
5901 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5902 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\
5903 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\n\
5904 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\
5905 be reduced.",
5906 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5907 default_preferred_rename_class)
5909 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5910 during register allocation. */
5911 DEFHOOK
5912 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5913 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5914 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5915 register allocation.\n\
5916 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5917 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5918 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5919 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5920 bool, (rtx subst),
5921 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5923 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5924 displacement addressing. */
5925 DEFHOOK
5926 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5927 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5928 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5929 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5930 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5931 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5933 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5934 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5935 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5936 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5937 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5939 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5940 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5941 DEFHOOK
5942 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5943 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5944 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5945 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5946 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5947 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5948 usage.",
5949 void, (void),
5950 hook_void_void)
5952 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5953 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5954 but will be later. */
5955 DEFHOOK
5956 (instantiate_decls,
5957 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5958 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5959 void, (void),
5960 hook_void_void)
5962 DEFHOOK
5963 (hard_regno_nregs,
5964 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5965 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5966 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5967 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5968 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5969 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5971 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5972 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5973 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5975 DEFHOOK
5976 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5977 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5978 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5979 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5980 unconditionally.\n\
5982 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5983 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5985 @cindex register pairs\n\
5986 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5987 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5988 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5990 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5991 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5992 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5993 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5995 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5996 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5997 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5998 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5999 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
6000 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
6001 modes to be tieable.\n\
6003 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
6004 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
6005 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
6006 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
6007 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
6008 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
6010 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
6011 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
6012 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
6013 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
6014 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
6015 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
6016 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
6017 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
6018 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
6020 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
6021 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
6022 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
6023 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
6024 constraints for those instructions.\n\
6026 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
6027 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
6028 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
6029 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
6030 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
6031 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6032 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
6034 DEFHOOK
6035 (modes_tieable_p,
6036 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
6037 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
6039 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
6040 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
6041 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
6042 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
6043 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
6044 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
6045 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
6047 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
6048 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
6049 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
6050 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
6051 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
6053 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
6054 in peephole2. */
6055 DEFHOOK
6056 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
6057 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
6058 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
6060 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
6061 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
6063 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
6064 bool, (unsigned int regno),
6065 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
6067 DEFHOOK
6068 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6069 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
6070 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
6071 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
6072 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
6073 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
6074 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
6075 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
6076 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
6077 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
6078 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
6079 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
6081 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
6082 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
6083 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
6084 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
6086 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
6087 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6088 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6089 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6091 DEFHOOK
6092 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6093 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6094 const char *, (void),
6095 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6097 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6098 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6099 DEFHOOK
6100 (case_values_threshold,
6101 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6102 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6103 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6104 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6105 unsigned int, (void),
6106 default_case_values_threshold)
6108 DEFHOOK
6109 (starting_frame_offset,
6110 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6111 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6112 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6113 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6114 implementation returns 0.",
6115 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6116 hook_hwi_void_0)
6118 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6119 DEFHOOK
6120 (compute_frame_layout,
6121 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6122 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6123 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6124 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6125 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6126 this callback is optional.",
6127 void, (void),
6128 hook_void_void)
6130 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6131 DEFHOOK
6132 (frame_pointer_required,
6133 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6134 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6135 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6137 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6138 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6139 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6140 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6141 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6142 pointer.\n\
6144 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6145 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6146 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6147 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6148 them.\n\
6150 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6151 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6152 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6154 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6155 bool, (void),
6156 hook_bool_void_false)
6158 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6159 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6160 DEFHOOK
6161 (can_eliminate,
6162 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6163 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6164 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6165 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6166 knows about.\n\
6168 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6169 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6170 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6172 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6173 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6174 target. */
6175 DEFHOOK
6176 (conditional_register_usage,
6177 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6178 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6179 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6180 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6181 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6182 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6183 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6184 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6185 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6186 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6187 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6188 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6189 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6190 command options have been applied.\n\
6192 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6193 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6194 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6195 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6196 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6197 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6198 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6199 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6201 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6202 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6203 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6204 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6205 void, (void),
6206 hook_void_void)
6208 DEFHOOK
6209 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6210 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6211 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
6212 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6213 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6214 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
6215 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
6216 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6217 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6218 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6219 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6222 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6223 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6224 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6225 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6227 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6229 (mode_for_suffix,
6230 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6231 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6232 machine_mode, (char c),
6233 default_mode_for_suffix)
6235 DEFHOOK
6236 (excess_precision,
6237 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
6238 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
6239 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
6240 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\
6241 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\
6242 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}. For\n\
6243 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
6244 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
6245 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\
6246 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\
6247 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\
6248 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
6249 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
6250 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{|}16@r{]}}.\n\
6251 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
6252 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
6253 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\
6254 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\
6255 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6256 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6257 default_excess_precision)
6259 /* Return true if _BitInt(N) is supported and fill details about it into
6260 *INFO. */
6261 DEFHOOK
6262 (bitint_type_info,
6263 "This target hook returns true if @code{_BitInt(@var{N})} is supported and\n\
6264 provides details on it. @code{_BitInt(@var{N})} is to be represented as\n\
6265 series of @code{info->limb_mode}\n\
6266 @code{CEIL (@var{N}, GET_MODE_PRECISION (info->limb_mode))} limbs,\n\
6267 ordered from least significant to most significant if\n\
6268 @code{!info->big_endian}, otherwise from most significant to least\n\
6269 significant. If @code{info->extended} is false, the bits above or equal to\n\
6270 @var{N} are undefined when stored in a register or memory, otherwise they\n\
6271 are zero or sign extended depending on if it is\n\
6272 @code{unsigned _BitInt(@var{N})} or one of @code{_BitInt(@var{N})} or\n\
6273 @code{signed _BitInt(@var{N})}. Alignment of the type is\n\
6274 @code{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (info->limb_mode)}.",
6275 bool, (int n, struct bitint_info *info),
6276 default_bitint_type_info)
6278 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6280 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6281 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6282 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6283 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6285 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6286 DEFHOOK
6287 (guard_type,
6288 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6289 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6290 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6291 tree, (void),
6292 default_cxx_guard_type)
6294 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6295 DEFHOOK
6296 (guard_mask_bit,
6297 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6298 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6299 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6300 bool, (void),
6301 hook_bool_void_false)
6303 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6304 DEFHOOK
6305 (get_cookie_size,
6306 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6307 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6308 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6309 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6310 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6311 tree, (tree type),
6312 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6314 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6315 DEFHOOK
6316 (cookie_has_size,
6317 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6318 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6319 bool, (void),
6320 hook_bool_void_false)
6322 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6323 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6324 DEFHOOK
6325 (import_export_class,
6326 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6327 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6328 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6329 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6330 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6331 backend's targeted operating system.",
6332 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6334 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6335 DEFHOOK
6336 (cdtor_returns_this,
6337 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6338 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6339 @code{false}.",
6340 bool, (void),
6341 hook_bool_void_false)
6343 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6344 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6345 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6346 DEFHOOK
6347 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6348 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6349 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6350 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6351 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6352 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6353 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6354 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6355 bool, (void),
6356 hook_bool_void_true)
6358 DEFHOOK
6359 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6360 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\
6361 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\
6362 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\n\
6363 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\
6364 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\
6365 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6366 void, (tree decl),
6367 hook_void_tree)
6369 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6370 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6371 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6372 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6373 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6374 DEFHOOK
6375 (class_data_always_comdat,
6376 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6377 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6378 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6379 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6380 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6381 bool, (void),
6382 hook_bool_void_true)
6384 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6385 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6386 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6387 DEFHOOK
6388 (library_rtti_comdat,
6389 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6390 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6391 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6392 bool, (void),
6393 hook_bool_void_true)
6395 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6396 destructors. */
6397 DEFHOOK
6398 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6399 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6400 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6401 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6402 bool, (void),
6403 hook_bool_void_false)
6405 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6406 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6407 DEFHOOK
6408 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6409 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6410 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6411 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6412 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6413 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6414 bool, (void),
6415 hook_bool_void_false)
6417 DEFHOOK
6418 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6419 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\
6420 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\
6421 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6422 void, (tree type),
6423 hook_void_tree)
6425 DEFHOOK
6426 (decl_mangling_context,
6427 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6428 tree, (const_tree decl),
6429 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6431 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6433 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6434 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6435 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6436 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6438 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6439 DEFHOOKPOD
6440 (get_address,
6441 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6442 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6443 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6444 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6446 DEFHOOKPOD
6447 (register_common,
6448 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6449 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6450 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6451 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6452 registration function to be used.",
6453 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6455 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6456 DEFHOOKPOD
6457 (var_section,
6458 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6459 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6460 any section.",
6461 const char *, NULL)
6463 DEFHOOKPOD
6464 (tmpl_section,
6465 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6466 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6467 section.",
6468 const char *, NULL)
6470 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6471 DEFHOOKPOD
6472 (var_prefix,
6473 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6474 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6475 const char *, NULL)
6477 DEFHOOKPOD
6478 (tmpl_prefix,
6479 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6480 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6481 const char *, NULL)
6483 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6484 DEFHOOK
6485 (var_fields,
6486 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6487 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6488 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6489 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6490 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6491 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6492 default_emutls_var_fields)
6494 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6495 DEFHOOK
6496 (var_init,
6497 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6498 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6499 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6500 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6501 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6502 default_emutls_var_init)
6504 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6505 proxy variable. */
6506 DEFHOOKPOD
6507 (var_align_fixed,
6508 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6509 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6510 single objects. The default is false.",
6511 bool, false)
6513 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6514 DEFHOOKPOD
6515 (debug_form_tls_address,
6516 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6517 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6518 bool, false)
6520 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6522 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6523 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6524 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6526 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6527 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6528 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6529 DEFHOOK
6530 (valid_attribute_p,
6531 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6532 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6533 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6534 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6535 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6537 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6538 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6539 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6540 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6541 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6543 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6544 DEFHOOK
6545 (save,
6546 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6547 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6548 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6549 @xref{Option file format}.",
6550 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6551 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6553 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6554 structure. */
6555 DEFHOOK
6556 (restore,
6557 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6558 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6559 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6560 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6561 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6563 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6564 streamed in. */
6565 DEFHOOK
6566 (post_stream_in,
6567 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6568 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6569 LTO bytecode.",
6570 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6572 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6573 structure. */
6574 DEFHOOK
6575 (print,
6576 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6577 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6578 function-specific options.",
6579 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6581 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6582 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6583 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6584 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6585 DEFHOOK
6586 (pragma_parse,
6587 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6588 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6589 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6590 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6591 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6592 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6594 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6595 DEFHOOK
6596 (override,
6597 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6598 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6599 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6600 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6602 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6603 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6605 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6606 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6607 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6608 void, (void),
6609 hook_void_void)
6611 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6612 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6613 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6614 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6615 DEFHOOK
6616 (function_versions,
6617 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6618 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6619 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6620 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6621 different target machines.",
6622 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6623 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6625 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6626 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6627 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6628 DEFHOOK
6629 (can_inline_p,
6630 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6631 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6632 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6633 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6634 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6635 default_target_can_inline_p)
6637 DEFHOOK
6638 (update_ipa_fn_target_info,
6639 "Allow target to analyze all gimple statements for the given function to\n\
6640 record and update some target specific information for inlining. A typical\n\
6641 example is that a caller with one isa feature disabled is normally not\n\
6642 allowed to inline a callee with that same isa feature enabled even which is\n\
6643 attributed by always_inline, but with the conservative analysis on all\n\
6644 statements of the callee if we are able to guarantee the callee does not\n\
6645 exploit any instructions from the mismatch isa feature, it would be safe to\n\
6646 allow the caller to inline the callee.\n\
6647 @var{info} is one @code{unsigned int} value to record information in which\n\
6648 one set bit indicates one corresponding feature is detected in the analysis,\n\
6649 @var{stmt} is the statement being analyzed. Return true if target still\n\
6650 need to analyze the subsequent statements, otherwise return false to stop\n\
6651 subsequent analysis.\n\
6652 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6653 bool, (unsigned int& info, const gimple* stmt),
6654 default_update_ipa_fn_target_info)
6656 DEFHOOK
6657 (need_ipa_fn_target_info,
6658 "Allow target to check early whether it is necessary to analyze all gimple\n\
6659 statements in the given function to update target specific information for\n\
6660 inlining. See hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info} for usage example of\n\
6661 target specific information. This hook is expected to be invoked ahead of\n\
6662 the iterating with hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}.\n\
6663 @var{decl} is the function being analyzed, @var{info} is the same as what\n\
6664 in hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}, target can do one time update\n\
6665 into @var{info} without iterating for some case. Return true if target\n\
6666 decides to analyze all gimple statements to collect information, otherwise\n\
6667 return false.\n\
6668 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6669 bool, (const_tree decl, unsigned int& info),
6670 default_need_ipa_fn_target_info)
6672 DEFHOOK
6673 (relayout_function,
6674 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
6675 Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\
6676 with the attribute target.",
6677 void, (tree fndecl),
6678 hook_void_tree)
6680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6682 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6683 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6684 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6685 DEFHOOK
6686 (extra_live_on_entry,
6687 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6688 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6689 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6690 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6691 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6692 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6693 void, (bitmap regs),
6694 hook_void_bitmap)
6696 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6697 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6698 definition. */
6699 DEFHOOKPOD
6700 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6701 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6702 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6703 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6704 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6705 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6706 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6707 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6708 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6709 bool,
6710 false)
6712 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6713 DEFHOOK
6714 (set_up_by_prologue,
6715 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\
6716 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6717 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6718 NULL)
6720 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6721 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6722 function attribute. */
6723 DEFHOOK
6724 (warn_func_return,
6725 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
6726 the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end\n\
6727 of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6728 bool, (tree),
6729 hook_bool_tree_true)
6731 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6732 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6733 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6735 DEFHOOK
6736 (get_separate_components,
6737 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6738 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6739 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6740 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6741 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6742 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6743 sbitmap, (void),
6744 NULL)
6746 DEFHOOK
6747 (components_for_bb,
6748 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6749 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6750 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6751 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6752 NULL)
6754 DEFHOOK
6755 (disqualify_components,
6756 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6757 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6758 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6759 epilogue instead.",
6760 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6761 NULL)
6763 DEFHOOK
6764 (emit_prologue_components,
6765 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6766 void, (sbitmap),
6767 NULL)
6769 DEFHOOK
6770 (emit_epilogue_components,
6771 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6772 void, (sbitmap),
6773 NULL)
6775 DEFHOOK
6776 (set_handled_components,
6777 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6778 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6779 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6780 will be deleted after this call.",
6781 void, (sbitmap),
6782 NULL)
6784 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6785 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6786 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6788 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6789 DEFHOOK
6790 (debug_unwind_info,
6791 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6792 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6793 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6794 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6796 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6797 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6799 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6800 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6801 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6802 default_debug_unwind_info)
6804 DEFHOOK
6805 (reset_location_view,
6806 "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6807 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6808 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6809 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6811 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6812 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6813 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6814 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6815 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6817 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6818 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6819 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6821 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6822 defined at this time. */
6823 DEFHOOK
6824 (canonicalize_comparison,
6825 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6826 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6827 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6828 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6830 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6831 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6832 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6833 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6834 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6835 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6836 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6838 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6839 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6840 @file{md} file.\n\
6842 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6843 comparison code or operands.",
6844 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6845 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6847 DEFHOOK
6848 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6849 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6850 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6851 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6853 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6854 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6855 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6857 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6858 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6859 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6861 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6862 defined to 1.",
6863 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6865 DEFHOOKPOD
6866 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6867 "This value should be set if the result written by\n\
6868 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\
6869 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6870 unsigned char, 1)
6872 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6873 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6874 as needed. */
6875 DEFHOOK
6876 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6877 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\
6878 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\n\
6879 default alignment for the specified mode is used.",
6880 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6881 hook_uint_mode_0)
6883 DEFHOOK
6884 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6885 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\
6886 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\
6887 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\
6888 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\
6889 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\
6890 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\n\
6891 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\
6892 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\
6893 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\
6894 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\n\
6895 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\
6896 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\n\
6897 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\n\
6898 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\
6899 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6900 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6901 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6903 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6905 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6906 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6907 DEFHOOKPOD
6908 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6909 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6910 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6911 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6912 bool, false)
6914 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6915 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6916 DEFHOOKPOD
6917 (have_ctors_dtors,
6918 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6919 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6920 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6921 bool, false)
6923 /* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit. */
6924 DEFHOOKPOD
6925 (dtors_from_cxa_atexit,
6926 "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be\n\
6927 run from __cxa_atexit. If this is the case then, for each priority level,\n\
6928 a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that\n\
6929 level with __cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted).\n\
6930 It is false the method implied by @code{have_ctors_dtors} is used.",
6931 bool, false)
6933 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6934 DEFHOOKPOD
6935 (have_tls,
6936 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6937 The default value is false.",
6938 bool, false)
6940 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6941 DEFHOOKPOD
6942 (have_srodata_section,
6943 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6944 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6945 bool, false)
6947 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6948 DEFHOOKPOD
6949 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6950 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6951 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6952 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6953 true otherwise.",
6954 bool, true)
6956 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6957 DEFHOOKPOD
6958 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6959 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6960 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6961 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6962 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6963 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6964 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6965 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6967 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6968 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6969 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6970 bool, false)
6972 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6973 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6974 DEFHOOKPOD
6975 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6976 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6977 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6978 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6979 this to be done. The default is false.",
6980 bool, false)
6982 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6983 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6984 DEFHOOKPOD
6985 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6986 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6987 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6988 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6989 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6990 bool, false)
6992 DEFHOOKPOD
6993 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6994 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\
6995 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\
6996 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6997 bool, false)
6999 DEFHOOKPOD
7000 (delay_sched2,
7001 "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
7002 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
7003 bool, false)
7005 DEFHOOKPOD
7006 (delay_vartrack,
7007 "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
7008 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
7009 bool, false)
7011 DEFHOOKPOD
7012 (no_register_allocation,
7013 "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
7014 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
7015 targets.",
7016 bool, false)
7018 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
7020 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
7021 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7022 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
7023 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
7025 DEFHOOK
7026 (emit,
7027 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\
7028 @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\
7029 the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\
7030 to switch from, or is the number of modes if the previous mode is not\n\
7031 known. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\
7032 sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
7033 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
7035 DEFHOOK
7036 (needed,
7037 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
7038 If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this hook\n\
7039 to return the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the\n\
7040 execution of @var{insn}, or the number of modes if @var{insn} has no\n\
7041 such requirement. @var{regs_live} contains the set of hard registers\n\
7042 that are live before @var{insn}.",
7043 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
7045 DEFHOOK
7046 (after,
7047 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
7048 If this hook is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\
7049 switching. It returns the mode that @var{entity} is in after @var{insn}\n\
7050 has been executed. @var{mode} is the mode that @var{entity} was in\n\
7051 before @var{insn} was executed, taking account of @var{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED}.\n\
7052 @var{regs_live} is the set of hard registers that are live after @var{insn}\n\
7053 has been executed.\n\
7055 @var{mode} is equal to the number of modes defined for @var{entity}\n\
7056 if the mode before @var{insn} is unknown. The hook should likewise return\n\
7057 the number of modes if it does not know what mode @var{entity} has after\n\
7058 @var{insn}.\n\
7060 Not defining the hook is equivalent to returning @var{mode}.",
7061 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
7063 DEFHOOK
7064 (confluence,
7065 "By default, the mode-switching pass assumes that a given entity's modes\n\
7066 are mutually exclusive. This means that the pass can only tell\n\
7067 @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT} about an entity's previous mode if all\n\
7068 incoming paths of execution leave the entity in the same state.\n\
7070 However, some entities might have overlapping, non-exclusive modes,\n\
7071 so that it is sometimes possible to represent ``mode @var{mode1} or mode\n\
7072 @var{mode2}'' with something more specific than ``mode not known''.\n\
7073 If this is true for at least one entity, you should define this hook\n\
7074 and make it return a mode that includes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2}\n\
7075 as possibilities. (The mode can include other possibilities too.)\n\
7076 The hook should return the number of modes if no suitable mode exists\n\
7077 for the given arguments.",
7078 int, (int entity, int mode1, int mode2), NULL)
7080 DEFHOOK
7081 (backprop,
7082 "If defined, the mode-switching pass uses this hook to back-propagate mode\n\
7083 requirements through blocks that have no mode requirements of their own.\n\
7084 Specifically, @var{mode1} is the mode that @var{entity} has on exit\n\
7085 from a block B1 (say) and @var{mode2} is the mode that the next block\n\
7086 requires @var{entity} to have. B1 does not have any mode requirements\n\
7087 of its own.\n\
7089 The hook should return the mode that it prefers or requires @var{entity}\n\
7090 to have in B1, or the number of modes if there is no such requirement.\n\
7091 If the hook returns a required mode for more than one of B1's outgoing\n\
7092 edges, those modes are combined as for @code{TARGET_MODE_CONFLUENCE}.\n\
7094 For example, suppose there is a ``one-shot'' entity that,\n\
7095 for a given execution of a function, either stays off or makes exactly\n\
7096 one transition from off to on. It is safe to make the transition at any\n\
7097 time, but it is better not to do so unnecessarily. This hook allows the\n\
7098 function to manage such an entity without having to track its state at\n\
7099 runtime. Specifically. the entity would have two modes, 0 for off and\n\
7100 1 for on, with 2 representing ``don't know''. The system is forbidden from\n\
7101 transitioning from 2 to 1, since 2 represents the possibility that the\n\
7102 entity is already on (and the aim is to avoid having to emit code to\n\
7103 check for that case). This hook would therefore return 1 when @var{mode1}\n\
7104 is 2 and @var{mode2} is 1, which would force the entity to be on in the\n\
7105 source block. Applying this inductively would remove all transitions\n\
7106 in which the previous state is unknown.",
7107 int, (int entity, int mode1, int mode2), NULL)
7109 DEFHOOK
7110 (entry,
7111 "If this hook is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
7112 needs mode switching. It should return the mode that @var{entity} is\n\
7113 guaranteed to be in on entry to the function, or the number of modes\n\
7114 if there is no such guarantee.\n\
7115 If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\
7116 must be defined.",
7117 int, (int entity), NULL)
7119 DEFHOOK
7120 (exit,
7121 "If this hook is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
7122 needs mode switching. It should return the mode that @var{entity} must\n\
7123 be in on return from the function, or the number of modes if there is no\n\
7124 such requirement.\n\
7125 If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\
7126 must be defined.",
7127 int, (int entity), NULL)
7129 DEFHOOK
7130 (eh_handler,
7131 "If this hook is defined, it should return the mode that @var{entity} is\n\
7132 guaranteed to be in on entry to an exception handler, or the number of modes\n\
7133 if there is no such guarantee.",
7134 int, (int entity), NULL)
7136 DEFHOOK
7137 (priority,
7138 "This hook specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\
7139 are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\
7140 @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\
7141 The hook returns an integer designating a mode\n\
7142 for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\
7143 (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\
7144 @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
7145 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
7147 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
7149 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7150 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
7151 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
7153 DEFHOOK
7154 (can_tag_addresses,
7155 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
7156 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
7157 work.\n\
7159 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
7160 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
7161 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
7163 DEFHOOK
7164 (tag_size,
7165 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
7167 The default returns 8.",
7168 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
7170 DEFHOOK
7171 (granule_size,
7172 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
7173 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
7174 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
7175 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
7177 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
7178 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
7179 the same tag.\n\
7181 The default returns 16.",
7182 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
7184 DEFHOOK
7185 (insert_random_tag,
7186 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
7187 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
7188 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
7189 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
7190 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
7192 DEFHOOK
7193 (add_tag,
7194 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
7195 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
7196 @var{base}.\n\
7197 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
7198 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
7200 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
7201 RTL.",
7202 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
7203 default_memtag_add_tag)
7205 DEFHOOK
7206 (set_tag,
7207 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
7208 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7209 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
7210 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
7211 @var{tag}.",
7212 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
7214 DEFHOOK
7215 (extract_tag,
7216 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
7217 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
7218 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
7219 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
7221 DEFHOOK
7222 (untagged_pointer,
7223 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
7224 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7225 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
7226 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
7228 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
7229 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7230 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
7232 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7233 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7234 #include "target-insns.def"
7235 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7237 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7238 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7239 #include "target-insns.def"
7240 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7242 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7243 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7244 #include "target-insns.def"
7245 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7247 DEFHOOK
7248 (run_target_selftests,
7249 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
7250 void, (void),
7251 NULL)
7253 /* This value represents whether the shadow call stack is implemented on
7254 the target platform. */
7255 DEFHOOKPOD
7256 (have_shadow_call_stack,
7257 "This value is true if the target platform supports\n\
7258 @option{-fsanitize=shadow-call-stack}. The default value is false.",
7259 bool, false)
7261 /* This value represents whether libatomic is available on
7262 the target platform. */
7263 DEFHOOKPOD
7264 (have_libatomic,
7265 "This value is true if the target platform supports\n\
7266 libatomic. The default value is false.",
7267 bool, false)
7269 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7270 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)